SemaDecl.cpp revision 9a2b9d794bdf349b517ff799170f4409f45d147c
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 31#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 35// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 36#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 37#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 39#include <algorithm> 40#include <cstring> 41#include <functional> 42using namespace clang; 43using namespace sema; 44 45Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 46 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 47} 48 49/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 50/// return the declaration of that type. 51/// 52/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 53/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 54/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 55/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 56/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 57/// 58/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 59/// and then return NULL. 60ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 61 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 62 bool isClassName, 63 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 64 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 65 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 66 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 67 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 68 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 69 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 70 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 71 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 72 73 if (!LookupCtx) { 74 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 75 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 76 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 77 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 78 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 79 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 80 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 81 // 82 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 83 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 84 if (!isClassName) 85 return ParsedType(); 86 87 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 88 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 89 QualType T = 90 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 91 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 92 return ParsedType::make(T); 93 } 94 95 return ParsedType(); 96 } 97 98 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 99 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 100 return ParsedType(); 101 } 102 103 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 104 // lookup for class-names. 105 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 106 LookupOrdinaryName; 107 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 108 if (LookupCtx) { 109 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 110 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 111 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 112 // nested-name-specifier. 113 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 114 115 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 116 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 117 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 118 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 119 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 120 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 121 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 122 LookupName(Result, S); 123 } 124 } else { 125 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 126 LookupName(Result, S); 127 } 128 129 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 130 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 131 case LookupResult::NotFound: 132 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 133 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 134 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 135 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 136 return ParsedType(); 137 138 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 139 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 140 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 141 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 142 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 143 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 144 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 145 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 146 return ParsedType(); 147 } 148 149 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 150 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 151 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 152 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 153 if (!IIDecl || 154 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 155 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 156 IIDecl = *Res; 157 } 158 } 159 160 if (!IIDecl) { 161 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 162 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 163 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 164 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 165 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 166 // a type name. 167 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 168 return ParsedType(); 169 } 170 171 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 172 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 173 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 174 // perform the name lookup again. 175 break; 176 177 case LookupResult::Found: 178 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 179 break; 180 } 181 182 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 183 184 QualType T; 185 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 186 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 187 188 if (T.isNull()) 189 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 190 191 if (SS) 192 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 193 194 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 196 } else { 197 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 198 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 199 return ParsedType(); 200 } 201 202 return ParsedType::make(T); 203} 204 205/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 206/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 207/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 208/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 209/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 210DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 211 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 212 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 213 LookupName(R, S, false); 214 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 215 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 216 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 217 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 218 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 219 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 220 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 221 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 222 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 223 } 224 } 225 226 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 227} 228 229bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 230 SourceLocation IILoc, 231 Scope *S, 232 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 233 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 234 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 235 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 236 237 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 238 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 239 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 240 NotForRedeclaration); 241 242 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 243 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 244 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 245 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 246 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 247 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 248 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 249 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 250 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 251 Result->getNameAsString()); 252 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 253 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 254 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 255 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 256 Result->getNameAsString()); 257 else 258 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 259 260 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 261 << Result->getDeclName(); 262 263 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 264 return true; 265 } 266 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 267 // We corrected to a keyword. 268 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 269 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 270 << &II << Corrected; 271 return true; 272 } 273 } 274 275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 276 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 277 UnqualifiedId Name; 278 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 279 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 280 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 281 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 282 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 283 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 284 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 285 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 286 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 287 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 288 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 289 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 290 } 291 return true; 292 } 293 } 294 295 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 296 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 297 298 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 300 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 301 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 302 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 303 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 304 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 305 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 306 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 307 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 308 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 309 } else { 310 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 311 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 312 } 313 314 return true; 315} 316 317// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 318// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 319// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 320DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 321 322 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 323 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 324 // the context we'll need to return to. 325 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 326 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 327 328 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 329 // lexical context. 330 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 331 return DC; 332 333 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 334 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 335 // class is the context we need to return to. 336 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 337 DC = RD; 338 339 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 340 // declared in. 341 return DC; 342 } 343 344 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 345 // of the class. 346 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 347 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 348 349 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 350} 351 352void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 353 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 354 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 355 CurContext = DC; 356 S->setEntity(DC); 357} 358 359void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 360 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 361 362 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 363 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 364} 365 366/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 367/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 368/// 369void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 370 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 371 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 372 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 373 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 374 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 375 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 376 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 377 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 378 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 379 // namespace. 380 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 381 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 382 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 383 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 384 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 385 386 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 387 388#ifndef NDEBUG 389 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 390 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 391 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 392#endif 393 394 CurContext = DC; 395 S->setEntity(DC); 396} 397 398void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 399 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 400 401 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 402 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 403 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 404 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 405 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 406 407 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 408 // disappear. 409} 410 411/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 412/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 413/// 414/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 415/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 416/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 417/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 418/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 419/// attribute. 420static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 421 ASTContext &Context) { 422 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 423 return true; 424 425 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 426 return true; 427 428 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 429 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 430} 431 432/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 433void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 434 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 435 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 436 // scope. 437 while (S->getEntity() && 438 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 439 S = S->getParent(); 440 441 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 442 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 443 // into any context. 444 if (AddToContext) 445 CurContext->addDecl(D); 446 447 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 448 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 449 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 450 D->isOutOfLine()) 451 return; 452 453 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 454 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 455 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 456 return; 457 458 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 459 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 460 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 461 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 462 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 463 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 464 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 465 466 // Should only need to replace one decl. 467 break; 468 } 469 } 470 471 S->AddDecl(D); 472 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 473} 474 475bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 476 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 477} 478 479Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 480 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 481 do { 482 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 483 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 484 return S; 485 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 486 487 return 0; 488} 489 490static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 491 DeclContext*, 492 ASTContext&); 493 494/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 495/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 496static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 497 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 498 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 499 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 500 while (F.hasNext()) { 501 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 502 503 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 504 continue; 505 506 if (ConsiderLinkage && 507 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 508 continue; 509 510 F.erase(); 511 } 512 513 F.done(); 514} 515 516static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 517 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 518 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 520} 521 522/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 523static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 524 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 525 while (F.hasNext()) 526 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 527 F.erase(); 528 529 F.done(); 530} 531 532/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 533/// @code 534/// class S { 535/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 536/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// }; 538/// @endcode 539static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 540 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 541 // the decl here. 542 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 543 return false; 544 545 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 546 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 547 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 548 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 549 return false; 550} 551 552bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 553 assert(D); 554 555 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 556 return false; 557 558 // Ignore class templates. 559 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 560 return false; 561 562 // We warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 563 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 564 return false; 565 566 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 567 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 568 return false; 569 570 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 571 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 572 return false; 573 } else { 574 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 575 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 576 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 577 return false; 578 } 579 580 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 581 return !Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD); 582 return true; 583 } 584 585 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 586 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 587 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 588 return false; 589 590 if ( VD->isFileVarDecl() && 591 !VD->getType().isConstant(Context)) 592 return !Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD); 593 } 594 595 return false; 596 } 597 598 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 599 if (!D) 600 return; 601 602 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 603 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 604 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 605 return; // First should already be in the vector. 606 } 607 608 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 609 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 610 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 611 return; // First should already be in the vector. 612 } 613 614 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 615 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 616 } 617 618static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 619 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 620 return false; 621 622 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 623 return false; 624 625 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 626 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 627 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 628 return false; 629 630 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 631 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 632 633 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 634 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 635 636 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 637 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 638 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 639 return false; 640 } 641 642 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 643 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 644 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 645 return false; 646 647 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 648 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 649 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 650 return false; 651 652 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 653 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 654 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 655 // has no side effects. 656 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 657 return false; 658 } 659 } 660 661 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 662 } 663 664 return true; 665} 666 667void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 668 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 669 return; 670 671 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 672 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 673 << D->getDeclName(); 674 else 675 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 676 << D->getDeclName(); 677} 678 679void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 680 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 681 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 682 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 683 684 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 685 I != E; ++I) { 686 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 687 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 688 689 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 690 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 691 692 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 693 694 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 695 if (S->getNumErrorsAtStart() == getDiagnostics().getNumErrors()) 696 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 697 698 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 699 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 700 } 701} 702 703/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 704/// 705/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 706/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 707/// to the fixed name. 708/// 709/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 710/// 711/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 712/// if there is no class with the given name. 713/// 714/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 715/// class could not be found. 716ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 717 SourceLocation IdLoc, 718 bool TypoCorrection) { 719 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 720 // creation from this context. 721 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 722 723 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 724 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 725 // find an Objective-C class name. 726 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 727 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 728 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 729 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 730 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 731 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 732 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 733 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 734 735 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 736 } 737 } 738 739 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 740} 741 742/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 743/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 744/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 745/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 746/// ill-formed in C++: 747/// @code 748/// struct S6 { 749/// enum { BAR } e; 750/// }; 751/// 752/// void test_S6() { 753/// struct S6 a; 754/// a.e = BAR; 755/// } 756/// @endcode 757/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 758/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 759/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 760/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 761/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 762/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 763/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 764/// contain non-field names. 765Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 766 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 767 (S->getEntity() && 768 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 769 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 770 S = S->getParent(); 771 return S; 772} 773 774/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 775/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 776/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 777/// built-in. 778NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 779 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 780 SourceLocation Loc) { 781 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 782 783 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 784 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 785 switch (Error) { 786 case ASTContext::GE_None: 787 // Okay 788 break; 789 790 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 791 if (ForRedeclaration) 792 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 793 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 794 return 0; 795 796 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 797 if (ForRedeclaration) 798 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 799 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 800 return 0; 801 } 802 803 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 804 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 805 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 806 << R; 807 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 808 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 809 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 810 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 811 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 812 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 813 } 814 815 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 816 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 817 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 818 SC_Extern, 819 SC_None, false, 820 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 821 New->setImplicit(); 822 823 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 824 // FunctionDecl. 825 if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 826 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 827 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 828 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 829 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 830 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 831 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 832 } 833 834 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 835 836 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 837 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 838 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 839 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 840 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 841 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 842 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 843 CurContext = SavedContext; 844 return New; 845} 846 847/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 848/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 849/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 850/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 851/// 852void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 853 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 854 // merging checks. 855 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 856 857 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 858 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 859 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 860 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 861 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 862 default: break; 863 case 2: 864 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 865 break; 866 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 867 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 868 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 869 return; 870 case 5: 871 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 872 break; 873 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 874 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 875 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 876 return; 877 case 3: 878 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 879 break; 880 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 881 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 882 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 883 return; 884 case 8: 885 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 886 break; 887 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 888 return; 889 } 890 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 891 } 892 893 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 894 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 895 if (!Old) { 896 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 897 << New->getDeclName(); 898 899 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 900 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 901 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 902 903 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 904 } 905 906 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 907 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 908 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 909 910 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 911 QualType OldType; 912 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 913 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 914 else 915 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 916 917 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 918 // with any extensions enabled. 919 920 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 921 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 922 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 923 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 924 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 925 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 926 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 927 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 928 } 929 930 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 931 // declaration was a typedef. 932 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 933 // spellings don't match exactly. 934 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 935 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 936 937 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 938 return; 939 940 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 941 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 942 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 943 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 944 // to the type to which it already refers. 945 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 946 return; 947 948 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 949 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 950 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 951 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 952 // 953 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 954 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 955 // 956 // struct S { 957 // typedef struct A { } A; 958 // }; 959 // 960 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 961 // allow the above but disallow 962 // 963 // struct S { 964 // typedef int I; 965 // typedef int I; 966 // }; 967 // 968 // since that was the intent of DR56. 969 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 970 return; 971 972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 973 << New->getDeclName(); 974 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 975 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 976 } 977 978 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 979 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 980 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 981 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 982 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 983 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 984 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 985 return; 986 987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 988 << New->getDeclName(); 989 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 990 return; 991} 992 993/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 994/// attribute. 995static bool 996DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 997 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 998 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 999 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1000 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1001 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1002 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1003 return true; 1004 } 1005 1006 return false; 1007} 1008 1009/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1010static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1011 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1012 return; 1013 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1014 // we process them. 1015 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1016 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1017 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1018 ++i) { 1019 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1020 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1021 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1022 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1023 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1024 } 1025 } 1026} 1027 1028namespace { 1029 1030/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1031/// C. 1032struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1033 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1034 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1035 QualType PromotedType; 1036}; 1037 1038} 1039 1040/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1041Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1042 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1043 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1044 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1045 1046 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1047 } 1048 1049 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1050 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1051 1052 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1053 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1054 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1055} 1056 1057/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1058/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1059/// GNU89 mode. 1060static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1061 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1062 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1063 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1064 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1065} 1066 1067/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1068/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1069/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1070/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1071/// 1072/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1073/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1074/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1075/// merged with. 1076/// 1077/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1078bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1079 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1080 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1081 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1082 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1083 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1084 else 1085 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1086 if (!Old) { 1087 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1089 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1090 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1091 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1092 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1093 return true; 1094 } 1095 1096 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1097 << New->getDeclName(); 1098 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1099 return true; 1100 } 1101 1102 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1103 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1104 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1105 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1106 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1107 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1108 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1109 else 1110 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1111 1112 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1113 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1114 1115 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1116 // is an extern inline function. 1117 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1118 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1119 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1120 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1121 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1122 << New; 1123 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1124 return true; 1125 } 1126 1127 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1128 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1129 // calling convention of the first. 1130 // 1131 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1132 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1133 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1134 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1135 // because it is the default calling convention. 1136 // 1137 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1138 // other tests to run. 1139 const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1140 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1141 const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1142 const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1143 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1144 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1145 NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1146 New->setType(NewQType); 1147 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType); 1148 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1149 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1150 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1151 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1152 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1153 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1154 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1155 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1156 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1157 return true; 1158 } 1159 1160 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1161 if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) { 1162 NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType); 1163 New->setType(NewQType); 1164 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1165 } 1166 1167 // Merge regparm attribute. 1168 if (OldType->getRegParmType() != NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1169 if (NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1170 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1171 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1172 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1173 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1174 return true; 1175 } 1176 1177 NewQType = Context.getRegParmType(NewQType, OldType->getRegParmType()); 1178 New->setType(NewQType); 1179 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1180 } 1181 1182 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1183 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1184 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1185 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1186 // cannot be overloaded. 1187 QualType OldReturnType 1188 = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1189 QualType NewReturnType 1190 = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1191 QualType ResQT; 1192 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1193 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1194 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1195 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1196 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1197 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1198 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1199 return true; 1200 } 1201 else 1202 NewQType = ResQT; 1203 } 1204 1205 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1206 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1207 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1208 // Preserve triviality. 1209 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1210 1211 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1212 1213 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1214 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1215 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1216 // is a static member function declaration. 1217 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1219 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1220 return true; 1221 } 1222 1223 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1224 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1225 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1226 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1227 unsigned NewDiag; 1228 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1229 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1230 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1231 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1232 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1233 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1234 else 1235 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1236 1237 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1238 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1239 1240 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1241 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1242 // 1243 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1244 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1245 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1246 if (isFriend) { 1247 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1248 } else { 1249 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1250 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1251 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1252 return true; 1253 } 1254 } 1255 } 1256 1257 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1258 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1259 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1260 // attributes should be ignored when comparing. 1261 if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) == 1262 Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false)) 1263 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1264 1265 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1266 } 1267 1268 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1269 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1270 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1271 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1272 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1273 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1274 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1275 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1276 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1277 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1278 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1279 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1280 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1281 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1282 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1283 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1284 OldProto->isVariadic(), 1285 OldProto->getTypeQuals(), 1286 false, false, 0, 0, 1287 OldProto->getExtInfo()); 1288 New->setType(NewQType); 1289 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1290 1291 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1292 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1293 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1294 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1295 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1296 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1297 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1298 SourceLocation(), 0, 1299 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1300 SC_None, SC_None, 1301 0); 1302 Param->setImplicit(); 1303 Params.push_back(Param); 1304 } 1305 1306 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1307 } 1308 1309 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1310 } 1311 1312 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1313 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1314 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1315 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1316 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1317 // the prototype. 1318 // 1319 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1320 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1321 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1322 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1323 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1324 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1325 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1326 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1327 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1328 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1329 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1330 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1331 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1332 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1333 1334 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1335 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1336 NewProto->getResultType()); 1337 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1338 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1339 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1340 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1341 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1342 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1343 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1344 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1345 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1346 NewParm->getType(), 1347 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1348 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1349 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1350 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1351 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1352 } else 1353 LooseCompatible = false; 1354 } 1355 1356 if (LooseCompatible) { 1357 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1358 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1359 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1360 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1361 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1362 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1363 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1364 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1365 } 1366 1367 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1368 ArgTypes.size(), 1369 OldProto->isVariadic(), 0, 1370 false, false, 0, 0, 1371 OldProto->getExtInfo())); 1372 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1373 } 1374 1375 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1376 } 1377 1378 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1379 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1380 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1381 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1382 // signature. 1383 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1384 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1385 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1386 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1387 // library built-in. 1388 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1389 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1390 << Old << Old->getType(); 1391 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1392 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1393 return false; 1394 } 1395 1396 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1397 } 1398 1399 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1400 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1401 return true; 1402} 1403 1404/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1405/// known to be compatible. 1406/// 1407/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1408/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1409/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1410/// redeclaration of Old. 1411/// 1412/// \returns false 1413bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1414 // Merge the attributes 1415 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1416 1417 // Merge the storage class. 1418 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1419 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1420 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1421 1422 // Merge "pure" flag. 1423 if (Old->isPure()) 1424 New->setPure(); 1425 1426 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1427 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1428 New->setDeleted(); 1429 1430 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1431 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1432 1433 return false; 1434} 1435 1436/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1437/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1438/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1439/// 1440/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1441/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1442/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1443/// 1444void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1445 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1446 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1447 return; 1448 1449 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1450 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1451 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1452 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1453 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1454 << New->getDeclName(); 1455 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1456 diag::note_previous_definition); 1457 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1458 } 1459 1460 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1461 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1462 // 1463 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1464 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1466 << New->getIdentifier(); 1467 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1468 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1469 } 1470 1471 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1472 1473 // Merge the types 1474 QualType MergedT; 1475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1476 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1477 MergedT = New->getType(); 1478 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1479 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1480 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1481 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1482 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1483 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1484 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1485 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1486 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1487 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1488 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1489 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1490 MergedT = New->getType(); 1491 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1492 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1493 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1494 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1495 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1496 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1497 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1498 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1499 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1500 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1501 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1502 } 1503 } else { 1504 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1505 } 1506 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1507 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1508 << New->getDeclName(); 1509 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1510 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1511 } 1512 New->setType(MergedT); 1513 1514 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1515 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1516 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1517 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1518 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1519 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1520 } 1521 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1522 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1523 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1524 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1525 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1526 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1527 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1528 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1529 // identifier has external linkage. 1530 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1531 /* Okay */; 1532 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1533 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1534 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1535 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1536 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1537 } 1538 1539 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1540 1541 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1542 // need to check for mismatches. 1543 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1544 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1545 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1546 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1547 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1548 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1549 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1550 } 1551 1552 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1553 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1554 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1555 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1556 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1557 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1558 } 1559 1560 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1561 const VarDecl *Def; 1562 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1563 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1564 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1566 << New->getDeclName(); 1567 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1568 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1569 return; 1570 } 1571 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1572 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1573 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1574 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1575 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1576 // specified at the prior declaration. 1577 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1578 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1579 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1580 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1581 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1582 1583 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1584 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1585 1586 // Inherit access appropriately. 1587 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1588} 1589 1590/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1591/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1592Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1593 DeclSpec &DS) { 1594 // FIXME: Error on auto/register at file scope 1595 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1596 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1597 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1598 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1599 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1600 Decl *TagD = 0; 1601 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1602 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1603 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1604 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1605 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1606 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1607 1608 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1609 return 0; 1610 1611 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1612 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1613 // it's a Type. 1614 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1615 } 1616 1617 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1618 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1619 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1620 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1621 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1622 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1623 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1624 } 1625 1626 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1627 // If we're dealing with a class template decl, assume that the 1628 // template routines are handling it. 1629 if (TagD && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 1630 return 0; 1631 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1632 } 1633 1634 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1635 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes()); 1636 1637 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1638 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1639 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1640 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1641 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1642 1643 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1644 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1645 } 1646 1647 // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain 1648 // about them. 1649 // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? 1650 if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1651 return Tag; 1652 } 1653 1654 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1655 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1656 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1657 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1658 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1659 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1660 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1661 1662 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1663 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1664 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1665 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1666 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1667 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1668 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1669 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1670 return Tag; 1671 } 1672 1673 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1674 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1675 } 1676 1677 return TagD; 1678} 1679 1680/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1681/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1682StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1683 StmtResult R; 1684 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1685 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1686 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1687 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1688 do 1689 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1690 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1691 } 1692 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1693 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1694 } 1695 } 1696 return R; 1697} 1698 1699/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1700/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1701/// 1702/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1703static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1704 Scope *S, 1705 DeclContext *Owner, 1706 DeclarationName Name, 1707 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1708 unsigned diagnostic) { 1709 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1710 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1711 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1712 1713 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1714 return false; 1715 1716 // Pick a representative declaration. 1717 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1718 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1719 1720 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1721 return false; 1722 1723 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1724 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1725 1726 return true; 1727} 1728 1729/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1730/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1731/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1732/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1733/// struct, e.g., 1734/// 1735/// @code 1736/// union { 1737/// int i; 1738/// float f; 1739/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1740/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1741/// @endcode 1742/// 1743/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1744/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1745static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1746 DeclContext *Owner, 1747 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1748 AccessSpecifier AS) { 1749 unsigned diagKind 1750 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1751 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1752 1753 bool Invalid = false; 1754 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(), 1755 FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(); 1756 F != FEnd; ++F) { 1757 if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { 1758 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), 1759 (*F)->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1760 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1761 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1762 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1763 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1764 Invalid = true; 1765 } else { 1766 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1767 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1768 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1769 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1770 // anonymous union is declared. 1771 Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F); 1772 S->AddDecl(*F); 1773 SemaRef.IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); 1774 1775 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1776 if (AS != AS_none) (*F)->setAccess(AS); 1777 } 1778 } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType 1779 = (*F)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1780 RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); 1781 if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 1782 Invalid = Invalid || 1783 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(SemaRef, S, Owner, 1784 InnerRecord, AS); 1785 } 1786 } 1787 1788 return Invalid; 1789} 1790 1791/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1792/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1793/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1794static StorageClass 1795StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1796 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1797 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1798 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1799 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1800 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1801 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1802 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1803 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1804 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1805 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1806 } 1807 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1808} 1809 1810/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1811/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1812/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1813static StorageClass 1814StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1815 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1816 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1817 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1818 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1819 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1820 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1821 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1822 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1823 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1824 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1825 } 1826 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1827} 1828 1829/// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1830/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1831/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1832/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1833Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1834 AccessSpecifier AS, 1835 RecordDecl *Record) { 1836 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1837 1838 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1839 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1840 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1841 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1842 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1843 1844 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1845 // structs/unions. 1846 bool Invalid = false; 1847 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1848 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1849 unsigned DiagID; 1850 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1851 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1852 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1853 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1854 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1855 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1856 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1857 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1858 Invalid = true; 1859 1860 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1861 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1862 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1863 } 1864 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1865 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1866 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1867 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1868 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1869 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1870 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1871 Invalid = true; 1872 1873 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1874 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1875 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1876 } 1877 1878 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1879 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1880 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1881 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1882 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1883 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1884 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1885 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1886 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1887 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1888 // members (clause 11). 1889 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1890 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1891 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1892 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1893 Invalid = true; 1894 } 1895 1896 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1897 Invalid = true; 1898 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1899 // Any implicit members are fine. 1900 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1901 // This is a type that showed up in an 1902 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1903 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1904 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1905 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1906 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1907 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1908 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1909 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1910 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1911 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1912 else { 1913 // This is a nested type declaration. 1914 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1915 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1916 Invalid = true; 1917 } 1918 } 1919 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1920 // Any access specifier is fine. 1921 } else { 1922 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1923 // member. Complain about it. 1924 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1925 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1926 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1927 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1928 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1929 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1930 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1931 1932 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1933 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1934 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1935 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1936 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1937 else { 1938 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1939 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1940 Invalid = true; 1941 } 1942 } 1943 } 1944 } 1945 1946 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1947 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1948 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1949 Invalid = true; 1950 } 1951 1952 // Mock up a declarator. 1953 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1954 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1955 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1956 1957 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 1958 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 1959 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1960 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 1961 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1962 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1963 TInfo, 1964 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 1965 Anon->setAccess(AS); 1966 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1967 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 1968 } else { 1969 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 1970 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1971 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 1972 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 1973 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 1974 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 1975 // an error here 1976 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 1977 Invalid = true; 1978 SC = SC_None; 1979 } 1980 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 1981 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 1982 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 1983 1984 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 1985 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1986 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1987 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 1988 } 1989 Anon->setImplicit(); 1990 1991 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 1992 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 1993 // its members. 1994 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 1995 1996 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 1997 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 1998 // purposes. 1999 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS)) 2000 Invalid = true; 2001 2002 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2003 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2004 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2005 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2006 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2007 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2008 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2009 2010 if (Invalid) 2011 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2012 2013 return Anon; 2014} 2015 2016 2017/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2018/// given Declarator. 2019DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2020 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2021} 2022 2023/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2024DeclarationNameInfo 2025Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2026 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2027 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2028 2029 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2030 2031 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2032 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2033 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2034 return NameInfo; 2035 2036 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2037 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2038 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2039 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2040 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2041 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2042 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2043 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2044 return NameInfo; 2045 2046 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2047 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2048 Name.Identifier)); 2049 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2050 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2051 return NameInfo; 2052 2053 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2054 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2055 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2056 if (Ty.isNull()) 2057 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2058 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2059 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2060 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2061 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2062 return NameInfo; 2063 } 2064 2065 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2066 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2067 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2068 if (Ty.isNull()) 2069 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2070 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2071 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2072 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2073 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2074 return NameInfo; 2075 } 2076 2077 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2078 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2079 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2080 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2081 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2082 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2083 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2084 2085 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2086 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2087 2088 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2089 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2090 // was qualified. 2091 2092 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2093 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2094 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2095 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2096 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2097 return NameInfo; 2098 } 2099 2100 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2101 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2102 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2103 if (Ty.isNull()) 2104 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2105 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2106 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2107 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2108 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2109 return NameInfo; 2110 } 2111 2112 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2113 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2114 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2115 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2116 } 2117 2118 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2119 2120 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2121 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2122} 2123 2124/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2125/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2126/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2127/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2128/// the class or namespace. 2129static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2130 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2131 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2132 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2133 return false; 2134 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2135 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2136 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2137 2138 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2139 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2140 return false; 2141 } 2142 2143 return true; 2144} 2145 2146/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2147/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2148/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2149/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2150/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2151static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2152 DeclarationName Name) { 2153 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2154 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2155 // - types which will become injected class names 2156 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2157 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2158 // few cases here. 2159 2160 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2161 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2162 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2163 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2164 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2165 // Grab the type from the parser. 2166 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2167 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2168 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2169 2170 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2171 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2172 // attached already. 2173 if (!TSI) 2174 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2175 2176 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2177 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2178 if (!TSI) return true; 2179 2180 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2181 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2182 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2183 break; 2184 } 2185 2186 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2187 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2188 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2189 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2190 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2191 break; 2192 } 2193 2194 default: 2195 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2196 break; 2197 } 2198 2199 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2200 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2201 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2202 2203 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2204 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2205 // pointer. 2206 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2207 continue; 2208 2209 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2210 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2211 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2212 return true; 2213 } 2214 2215 return false; 2216} 2217 2218Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2219 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2220} 2221 2222Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2223 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2224 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2225 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2226 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2227 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2228 2229 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2230 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2231 if (!Name) { 2232 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2233 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2234 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2235 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2236 return 0; 2237 } 2238 2239 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2240 // we find one that is. 2241 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2242 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2243 S = S->getParent(); 2244 2245 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2246 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2247 D.setInvalidType(); 2248 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2249 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2250 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2251 if (!DC) { 2252 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2253 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2254 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2255 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2256 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2257 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2258 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2259 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2260 return 0; 2261 } 2262 2263 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2264 2265 if (!IsDependentContext && 2266 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2267 return 0; 2268 2269 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2270 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2271 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2272 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2273 D.setInvalidType(); 2274 } 2275 2276 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2277 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2278 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2279 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2280 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2281 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2282 D.setInvalidType(); 2283 } 2284 } 2285 2286 NamedDecl *New; 2287 2288 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2289 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2290 2291 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2292 ForRedeclaration); 2293 2294 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2295 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2296 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2297 2298 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2299 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2300 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2301 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2302 /* Do nothing*/; 2303 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2304 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2305 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2306 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2307 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2308 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2309 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2310 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2311 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2312 2313 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2314 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2315 2316 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2317 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2318 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2319 2320 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2321 // out-of-line members. 2322 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2323 2324 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2325 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2326 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2327 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2328 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2329 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2330 // declarations namespace. 2331 // 2332 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2333 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2334 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2335 // 2336 // class X { 2337 // void f(); 2338 // void f(float); 2339 // }; 2340 // 2341 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2342 // 2343 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2344 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2345 // matches. 2346 2347 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2348 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2349 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2350 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2351 } else { 2352 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2353 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2354 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2355 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2356 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2357 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2358 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2359 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2360 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2361 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2362 else 2363 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2364 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2365 D.setInvalidType(); 2366 } 2367 } 2368 } 2369 2370 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2371 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2372 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2373 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2374 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2375 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2376 D.setInvalidType(); 2377 2378 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2379 Previous.clear(); 2380 } 2381 2382 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2383 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2384 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2385 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2386 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2387 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2388 Previous.clear(); 2389 2390 bool Redeclaration = false; 2391 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2392 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2393 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2394 return 0; 2395 } 2396 2397 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2398 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2399 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2400 move(TemplateParamLists), 2401 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2402 } else { 2403 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2404 move(TemplateParamLists), 2405 Redeclaration); 2406 } 2407 2408 if (New == 0) 2409 return 0; 2410 2411 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2412 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2413 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2414 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2415 2416 return New; 2417} 2418 2419/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2420/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2421/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2422static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2423 ASTContext &Context, 2424 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2425 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2426 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2427 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2428 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2429 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2430 SizeIsNegative = false; 2431 Oversized = 0; 2432 2433 if (T->isDependentType()) 2434 return QualType(); 2435 2436 QualifierCollector Qs; 2437 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2438 2439 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2440 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2441 QualType FixedType = 2442 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2443 Oversized); 2444 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2445 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2446 return Qs.apply(FixedType); 2447 } 2448 2449 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2450 if (!VLATy) 2451 return QualType(); 2452 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2453 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2454 return QualType(); 2455 2456 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2457 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2458 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2459 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2460 return QualType(); 2461 2462 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2463 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2464 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2465 SizeIsNegative = true; 2466 return QualType(); 2467 } 2468 2469 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2470 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2471 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2472 Res); 2473 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2474 Oversized = Res; 2475 return QualType(); 2476 } 2477 2478 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2479 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2480} 2481 2482/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2483/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2484void 2485Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2486 const LookupResult &Previous, 2487 Scope *S) { 2488 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2489 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2490 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2491 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2492 2493 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2494 return; 2495 2496 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2497 2498 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2499 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2500 // declaration. 2501 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2502 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2503 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2504 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2505 S = S->getParent(); 2506 2507 if (S) 2508 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2509 } 2510} 2511 2512/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2513/// does not identify a function. 2514void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2515 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2516 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2517 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2518 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2519 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2520 2521 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2522 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2523 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2524 2525 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2526 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2527 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2528} 2529 2530NamedDecl* 2531Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2532 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2533 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2534 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2535 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2536 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2537 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2538 D.setInvalidType(); 2539 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2540 DC = CurContext; 2541 Previous.clear(); 2542 } 2543 2544 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2545 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2546 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2547 } 2548 2549 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2550 2551 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2552 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2553 2554 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2555 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2556 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2557 return 0; 2558 } 2559 2560 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2561 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2562 2563 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2564 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2565 2566 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2567 // then it shall have block scope. 2568 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2569 // that redeclarations will match. 2570 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2571 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2572 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2573 2574 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2575 bool SizeIsNegative; 2576 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2577 QualType FixedTy = 2578 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2579 Oversized); 2580 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2581 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2582 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2583 } else { 2584 if (SizeIsNegative) 2585 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2586 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2587 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2588 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2589 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2590 << Oversized.toString(10); 2591 else 2592 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2593 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2594 } 2595 } 2596 } 2597 2598 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2599 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2600 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2601 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2602 Redeclaration = true; 2603 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2604 } 2605 2606 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2607 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2608 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2609 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2610 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2611 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2612 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2613 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2614 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2615 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2616 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2617 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2618 } 2619 2620 return NewTD; 2621} 2622 2623/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2624/// previous declaration. 2625/// 2626/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2627/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2628/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2629/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2630/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2631/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2632/// 2633/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2634/// lookup 2635/// 2636/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2637/// declared. 2638/// 2639/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2640/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2641static bool 2642isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2643 ASTContext &Context) { 2644 if (!PrevDecl) 2645 return false; 2646 2647 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2648 return false; 2649 2650 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2651 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2652 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2653 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2654 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2655 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2656 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2657 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2658 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2659 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2660 return false; 2661 2662 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2663 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2664 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2665 return false; 2666 2667 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2668 // previous declarations. 2669 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2670 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2671 2672 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2673 // isn't the same function. 2674 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2675 return false; 2676 } 2677 2678 return true; 2679} 2680 2681static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2682 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2683 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2684 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2685 SS.getRange()); 2686} 2687 2688NamedDecl* 2689Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2690 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2691 LookupResult &Previous, 2692 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2693 bool &Redeclaration) { 2694 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2695 2696 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2697 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2698 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2699 2700 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2701 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2702 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2703 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2704 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2705 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2706 // an error here 2707 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2708 D.setInvalidType(); 2709 SC = SC_None; 2710 } 2711 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2712 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2713 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2714 2715 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2716 if (!II) { 2717 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2718 << Name.getAsString(); 2719 return 0; 2720 } 2721 2722 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2723 2724 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2725 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2726 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2727 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2728 2729 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2730 // is a GNU extension. 2731 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2732 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2733 else 2734 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2735 D.setInvalidType(); 2736 } 2737 } 2738 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2739 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2740 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2741 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2742 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2743 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2744 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2745 SC = SC_Static; 2746 } 2747 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2748 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2749 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2750 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2751 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2752 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2753 } 2754 } 2755 2756 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2757 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2758 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2759 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2760 bool Invalid = false; 2761 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2762 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2763 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2764 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2765 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(), 2766 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2767 /*never a friend*/ false, 2768 isExplicitSpecialization, 2769 Invalid)) { 2770 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2771 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2772 2773 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2774 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2775 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2776 << II 2777 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2778 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2779 return 0; 2780 } else { 2781 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2782 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2783 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2784 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2785 << II 2786 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2787 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2788 2789 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2790 } 2791 } 2792 2793 VarDecl *NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2794 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2795 2796 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2797 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2798 2799 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2800 2801 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2802 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2803 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2804 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.release()); 2805 } 2806 2807 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2808 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2809 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2810 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2811 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2812 else 2813 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2814 } 2815 2816 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2817 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2818 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2819 2820 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2821 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2822 2823 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2824 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 2825 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2826 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2827 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 2828 Context, SE->getString())); 2829 } 2830 2831 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 2832 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 2833 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 2834 2835 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 2836 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 2837 // declaration has linkage). 2838 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 2839 2840 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 2841 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2842 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2843 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 2844 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2845 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 2846 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2847 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 2848 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2849 Previous.clear(); 2850 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2851 } 2852 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2853 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 2854 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 2855 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 2856 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2857 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2858 } 2859 2860 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 2861 2862 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 2863 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 2864 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 2865 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2866 2867 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2868 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 2869 // here. 2870 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 2871 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2872 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 2873 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 2874 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2875 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2876 } 2877 } 2878 2879 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 2880 // such variables. 2881 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 2882 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 2883 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 2884 2885 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 2886 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 2887 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 2888 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 2889 2890 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 2891 2892 return NewVD; 2893} 2894 2895/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 2896/// -Wshadow. 2897/// 2898/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 2899/// scope. 2900/// 2901/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 2902/// \param R the lookup of the name 2903/// 2904void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 2905 // Return if warning is ignored. 2906 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) == Diagnostic::Ignored) 2907 return; 2908 2909 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 2910 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 2911 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 2912 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 2913 return; 2914 2915 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 2916 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 2917 return; 2918 2919 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 2920 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 2921 return; 2922 2923 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 2924 2925 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 2926 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 2927 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 2928 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 2929 return; 2930 2931 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 2932 // static data members from base classes? 2933 2934 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 2935 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 2936 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 2937 } 2938 2939 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 2940 unsigned Kind; 2941 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 2942 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 2943 Kind = 3; // field 2944 else 2945 Kind = 2; // static data member 2946 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 2947 Kind = 1; // global 2948 else 2949 Kind = 0; // local 2950 2951 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 2952 2953 // Emit warning and note. 2954 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 2955 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2956} 2957 2958/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 2959void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 2960 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 2961 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2962 LookupName(R, S); 2963 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 2964} 2965 2966/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 2967/// declaration. 2968/// 2969/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 2970/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 2971/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 2972/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 2973/// that have been instantiated from a template. 2974/// 2975/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 2976void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 2977 LookupResult &Previous, 2978 bool &Redeclaration) { 2979 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 2980 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 2981 return; 2982 2983 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 2984 2985 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 2986 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 2987 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2988 } 2989 2990 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 2991 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 2992 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 2993 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 2994 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (T.getAddressSpace() != 0)) { 2995 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 2996 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2997 } 2998 2999 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3000 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3001 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3002 3003 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3004 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3005 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3006 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3007 3008 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3009 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3010 bool SizeIsNegative; 3011 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3012 QualType FixedTy = 3013 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3014 Oversized); 3015 3016 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3017 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3018 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3019 // int a[10][n]; 3020 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3021 3022 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3023 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3024 << SizeRange; 3025 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3026 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3027 << SizeRange; 3028 else 3029 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3030 << SizeRange; 3031 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3032 } 3033 3034 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3035 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3036 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3037 else 3038 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3039 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3040 } 3041 3042 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3043 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3044 } 3045 3046 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3047 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3048 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3049 // declaration with the same name. 3050 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3051 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3052 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3053 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3054 } 3055 3056 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3057 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3058 << T; 3059 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3060 } 3061 3062 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3063 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3064 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3065 } 3066 3067 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3068 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3069 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3070 } 3071 3072 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3073 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3074 QualType Pointee; 3075 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3076 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3077 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3078 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3079 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3080 PtrOrRef = 1; 3081 } 3082 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3083 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3084 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3085 << PtrOrRef; 3086 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3087 } 3088 3089 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3090 Redeclaration = true; 3091 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3092 } 3093} 3094 3095/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3096struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3097 Sema *S; 3098 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3099}; 3100 3101/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3102/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3103/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3104static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3105 CXXBasePath &Path, 3106 void *UserData) { 3107 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3108 3109 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3110 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3111 3112 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3113 3114 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3115 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3116 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3117 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3118 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3119 3120 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3121 } 3122 3123 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3124 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3125 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3126 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3127 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3128 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3129 return true; 3130 } 3131 } 3132 3133 return false; 3134} 3135 3136/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3137/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3138void Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3139 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3140 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3141 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3142 Data.Method = MD; 3143 Data.S = this; 3144 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3145 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3146 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3147 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3148 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3149 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3150 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) 3151 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3152 } 3153 } 3154 } 3155} 3156 3157NamedDecl* 3158Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3159 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3160 LookupResult &Previous, 3161 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3162 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3163 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3164 3165 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3166 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3167 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3168 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3169 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3170 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3171 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3172 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3173 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3174 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3175 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3176 D.setInvalidType(); 3177 break; 3178 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3179 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3180 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3181 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3182 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3183 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3184 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3185 // other than extern 3186 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3187 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3188 diag::err_static_block_func); 3189 SC = SC_None; 3190 } else 3191 SC = SC_Static; 3192 break; 3193 } 3194 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3195 } 3196 3197 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3198 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3199 3200 bool isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3201 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3202 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3203 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3204 3205 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3206 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3207 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3208 3209 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3210 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3211 // the class has been completely parsed. 3212 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3213 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3214 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3215 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3216 AbstractReturnType)) 3217 D.setInvalidType(); 3218 3219 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3220 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3221 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3222 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3223 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3224 D.setInvalidType(); 3225 } 3226 3227 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3228 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3229 3230 if (isFriend) { 3231 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3232 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3233 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3234 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3235 } 3236 3237 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3238 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3239 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3240 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3241 3242 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3243 3244 // Create the new declaration 3245 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3246 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3247 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3248 isExplicit, isInline, 3249 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3250 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3251 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3252 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3253 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3254 3255 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3256 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3257 NameInfo, R, 3258 isInline, 3259 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3260 NewFD->setTypeSourceInfo(TInfo); 3261 3262 isVirtualOkay = true; 3263 } else { 3264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3265 3266 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3267 // code path. 3268 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3269 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3270 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3271 D.setInvalidType(); 3272 } 3273 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3274 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3275 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3276 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3277 return 0; 3278 } 3279 3280 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3281 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3282 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3283 isInline, isExplicit); 3284 3285 isVirtualOkay = true; 3286 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3287 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3288 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3289 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3290 // constructor if it has no return type). 3291 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3292 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3293 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3294 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3295 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3296 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3297 return 0; 3298 } 3299 3300 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3301 3302 // [class.free]p1: 3303 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3304 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3305 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3306 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3307 isStatic = true; 3308 3309 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3310 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3311 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3312 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3313 isStatic = true; 3314 3315 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3316 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3317 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3318 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3319 3320 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3321 } else { 3322 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3323 // prototype. This true when: 3324 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3325 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3326 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3327 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3328 bool HasPrototype = 3329 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 3330 (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || 3331 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3332 3333 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3334 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3335 HasPrototype); 3336 } 3337 3338 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3339 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3340 3341 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3342 3343 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3344 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3345 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3346 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3347 3348 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3349 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3350 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3351 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3352 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3353 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3354 bool Invalid = false; 3355 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3356 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3357 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3358 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3359 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(), 3360 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3361 isFriend, 3362 isExplicitSpecialization, 3363 Invalid)) { 3364 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3365 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3366 3367 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3368 // This is a function template 3369 3370 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3371 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3372 return 0; 3373 3374 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3375 NewFD->getLocation(), 3376 Name, TemplateParams, 3377 NewFD); 3378 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3379 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3380 } else { 3381 // This is a function template specialization. 3382 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3383 3384 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3385 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3386 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3387 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3388 3389 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3390 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3391 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3392 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3393 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3394 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3395 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3396 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3397 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3398 } 3399 3400 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3401 << Name << RemoveRange 3402 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3403 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3404 } 3405 } 3406 } 3407 3408 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3409 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3410 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3411 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.release()); 3412 } 3413 3414 if (Invalid) { 3415 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3416 if (FunctionTemplate) 3417 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3418 } 3419 3420 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3421 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3422 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3423 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3424 // 3425 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3426 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3427 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3428 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3429 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3430 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3431 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3432 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3433 } else { 3434 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3435 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3436 } 3437 } 3438 3439 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3440 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3441 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3442 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3443 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3444 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3445 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3446 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3447 } 3448 } 3449 3450 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3451 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3452 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3453 // and 12.3.2. 3454 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3455 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3456 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3457 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3458 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3459 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3460 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3461 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3462 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3463 // or conversion function. 3464 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3465 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3467 } 3468 } 3469 3470 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3471 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3472 3473 if (isFriend) { 3474 // DC is the namespace in which the function is being declared. 3475 assert((DC->isFileContext() || !Previous.empty()) && 3476 "previously-undeclared friend function being created " 3477 "in a non-namespace context"); 3478 3479 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3480 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3481 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3482 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3483 } 3484 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3485 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3486 } 3487 3488 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3489 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3490 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3491 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3492 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3493 // the class. 3494 3495 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3496 // member function definition. 3497 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3498 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3500 } 3501 3502 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3503 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3504 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3505 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3506 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3507 SE->getString())); 3508 } 3509 3510 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3511 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3512 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3513 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { 3514 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 3515 3516 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3517 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3518 // single void argument. 3519 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3520 // already checks for that case. 3521 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3522 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3523 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3524 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3525 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3526 3527 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3528 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3529 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3530 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3531 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3532 // FIXME: Leaks decl? 3533 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3534 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3535 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3536 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3537 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3538 Params.push_back(Param); 3539 3540 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3541 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3542 } 3543 } 3544 3545 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3546 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3547 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3548 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3549 // 3550 // @code 3551 // typedef void fn(int); 3552 // fn f; 3553 // @endcode 3554 3555 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3556 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3557 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3558 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3559 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3560 Params.push_back(Param); 3561 } 3562 } else { 3563 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3564 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3565 } 3566 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3567 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3568 3569 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3570 // argument list into our AST format. 3571 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3572 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3573 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3574 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3575 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3576 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3577 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3578 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3579 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3580 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3581 TemplateArgs); 3582 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3583 3584 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3585 3586 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3587 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3588 // arguments. 3589 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3590 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3591 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3592 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3593 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3594 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3595 // too few of them). 3596 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3597 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3598 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3599 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3600 "template<> "); 3601 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3602 } else { 3603 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3604 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3605 } 3606 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3607 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3608 // wrote something like: 3609 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3610 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3611 // friend void foo<>(int); 3612 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3613 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3614 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3615 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3616 } 3617 3618 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3619 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3620 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3621 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3622 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3623 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3624 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3625 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3626 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3627 Previous)) 3628 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3629 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3630 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3631 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3632 Previous)) 3633 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3634 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3635 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3636 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3637 } 3638 3639 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3640 bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! 3641 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3642 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3643 3644 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3645 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3646 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3647 3648 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3649 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3650 : NewFD); 3651 3652 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3653 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3654 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3655 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3656 3657 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3658 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3659 3660 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3661 } 3662 3663 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3664 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3665 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3666 3667 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3668 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3669 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3670 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3671 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3672 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3673 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3674 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3675 } 3676 3677 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3678 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3679 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3680 if (!Redeclaration && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3681 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3682 3683 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 3684 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3685 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 3686 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 3687 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 3688 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 3689 if (!IsFunctionDefinition && !isFriend && 3690 !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && !isExplicitSpecialization) { 3691 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 3692 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3693 } 3694 if (!Redeclaration && !(isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3695 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3696 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3697 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3698 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3699 // 3700 // class X { 3701 // void f() const; 3702 // }; 3703 // 3704 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 3705 // 3706 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 3707 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 3708 // whether the parameter types are references). 3709 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 3710 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3711 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3712 3713 LookupResult Prev(*this, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 3714 ForRedeclaration); 3715 LookupQualifiedName(Prev, DC); 3716 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3717 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3718 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3719 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3720 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3721 isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3722 Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3723 } 3724 } 3725 } else if (!isFriend) { 3726 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class definition: 3727 // 3728 // class X { 3729 // void X::f(); 3730 // }; 3731 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3732 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3733 } 3734 } 3735 3736 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 3737 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 3738 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 3739 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 3740 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 3741 3742 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3743 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 3744 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3745 const FunctionDecl *Def; 3746 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3747 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 3748 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3749 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3750 } 3751 } 3752 3753 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 3754 3755 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 3756 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 3757 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 3758 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 3759 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 3760 if (!Previous.empty()) 3761 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3762 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 3763 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 3764 } 3765 3766 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 3767 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3768 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 3769 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 3770 << NewFD; 3771 3772 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 3773 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3774 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 3775 0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0, 3776 FT->getExtInfo()); 3777 NewFD->setType(R); 3778 } 3779 3780 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3781 // member, set the visibility of this function. 3782 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3783 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 3784 3785 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 3786 // map of such names. 3787 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 3788 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3789 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 3790 3791 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 3792 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 3793 3794 if (FunctionTemplate && NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3795 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3796 3797 if (FunctionTemplate) 3798 return FunctionTemplate; 3799 3800 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 3801 3802 return NewFD; 3803} 3804 3805/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 3806/// 3807/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 3808/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 3809/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 3810/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 3811/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 3812/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 3813/// via InstantiateDecl). 3814/// 3815/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 3816/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 3817/// 3818/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 3819void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 3820 LookupResult &Previous, 3821 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 3822 bool &Redeclaration, 3823 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 3824 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 3825 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3826 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 3827 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 3828 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 3829 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 3830 3831 return; 3832 } 3833 3834 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3835 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 3836 // because all functions have linkage. 3837 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 3838 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3839 } 3840 3841 if (NewFD->isMain()) 3842 CheckMain(NewFD); 3843 3844 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 3845 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 3846 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3847 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3848 // declaration with the same name. 3849 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3850 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 3851 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3852 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3853 } 3854 3855 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 3856 // the same name, if appropriate. 3857 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3858 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 3859 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 3860 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 3861 // function to the scope. 3862 3863 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 3864 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 3865 Redeclaration = true; 3866 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3867 } else { 3868 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3869 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 3870 3871 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 3872 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 3873 case Ovl_Match: 3874 Redeclaration = true; 3875 break; 3876 3877 case Ovl_NonFunction: 3878 Redeclaration = true; 3879 break; 3880 3881 case Ovl_Overload: 3882 Redeclaration = false; 3883 break; 3884 } 3885 } 3886 3887 if (Redeclaration) { 3888 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 3889 // merged. 3890 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 3891 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3892 3893 Previous.clear(); 3894 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 3895 3896 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 3897 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 3898 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 3899 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 3900 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 3901 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 3902 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 3903 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 3904 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 3905 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 3906 } 3907 3908 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 3909 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 3910 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 3911 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 3912 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 3913 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 3914 } 3915 } else { 3916 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 3917 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 3918 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 3919 } 3920 } 3921 } 3922 3923 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 3924 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3925 // C++-specific checks. 3926 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 3927 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 3928 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 3929 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 3930 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 3931 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 3932 3933 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 3934 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 3935 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 3936 DeclarationName Name 3937 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3938 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 3939// NewFD->getDeclName().dump(); 3940// Name.dump(); 3941 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 3942 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 3943 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3944 } 3945 } 3946 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 3947 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3948 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 3949 } 3950 3951 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 3952 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3953 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3954 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 3955 AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method); 3956 } 3957 3958 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 3959 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 3960 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 3961 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3962 3963 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 3964 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 3965 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 3966 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3967 3968 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 3969 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 3970 // during delayed parsing anyway. 3971 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 3972 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 3973 } 3974} 3975 3976void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 3977 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 3978 // or static is ill-formed. 3979 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 3980 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 3981 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 3982 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 3983 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 3984 if (isInline || isStatic) { 3985 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 3986 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3987 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 3988 3989 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 3990 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 3991 } 3992 3993 QualType T = FD->getType(); 3994 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 3995 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3996 3997 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 3998 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 3999 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 4000 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4001 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4002 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4003 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4004 "int"); 4005 } 4006 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4007 } 4008 4009 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4010 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4011 4012 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4013 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4014 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4015 4016 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4017 4018 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4019 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4020 // getting shifty. 4021 if (nparams == 4 && 4022 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4023 HasExtraParameters = false; 4024 4025 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4026 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4027 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4028 nparams = 3; 4029 } 4030 4031 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4032 // if we had some location information about types. 4033 4034 QualType CharPP = 4035 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4036 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4037 4038 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4039 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4040 4041 bool mismatch = true; 4042 4043 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4044 mismatch = false; 4045 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4046 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4047 // char const ** 4048 // char const * const * 4049 // char * const * 4050 4051 QualifierCollector qs; 4052 const PointerType* PT; 4053 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4054 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4055 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4056 qs.removeConst(); 4057 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4058 } 4059 } 4060 4061 if (mismatch) { 4062 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4063 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4064 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4065 } 4066 } 4067 4068 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4069 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4070 } 4071} 4072 4073bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4074 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4075 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4076 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4077 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4078 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4079 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4080 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4081 // rules there don't matter.) 4082 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4083 return false; 4084 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4085 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4086 return true; 4087} 4088 4089void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4090 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4091} 4092 4093/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4094/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4095/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4096void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4097 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4098 // the initializer. 4099 if (RealDecl == 0) 4100 return; 4101 4102 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4103 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4104 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4105 // Thus this grotesque test. 4106 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4107 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4108 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4109 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4110 else { 4111 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4112 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4113 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4114 } 4115 return; 4116 } 4117 4118 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4119 if (!VDecl) { 4120 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4121 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4122 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4123 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4124 else 4125 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4126 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4127 return; 4128 } 4129 4130 4131 4132 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4133 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4134 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4135 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4136 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4137 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4138 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4139 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4140 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4141 return; 4142 } 4143 4144 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4145 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4146 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4147 AbstractVariableType)) 4148 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4149 4150 const VarDecl *Def; 4151 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4152 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4153 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4154 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4155 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4156 return; 4157 } 4158 4159 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4160 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4161 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4162 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4163 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4164 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4165 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4166 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4167 // 4168 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4169 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4170 // declaration with an initializer. 4171 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4172 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4173 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4174 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4175 return; 4176 } 4177 4178 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4179 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4180 4181 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4182 // initialization. 4183 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4184 4185 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4186 InitializationKind Kind 4187 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4188 Init->getLocStart(), 4189 Init->getLocEnd()) 4190 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4191 Init->getLocStart()); 4192 4193 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4194 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4195 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4196 if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { 4197 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4198 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4199 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4200 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4201 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4202 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4203 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4204 &DclT); 4205 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4206 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4207 return; 4208 } 4209 4210 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4211 4212 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4213 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4214 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4215 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4216 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4217 } 4218 } 4219 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4220 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4221 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4222 // 4223 // struct S { 4224 // static const int value = 17; 4225 // }; 4226 4227 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4228 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4229 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4230 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4231 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4232 &DclT); 4233 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4234 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4235 return; 4236 } 4237 4238 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4239 } 4240 4241 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4242 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4243 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4244 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4245 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4246 4247 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4248 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4249 4250 // Require constness. 4251 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4252 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4253 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4254 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4255 4256 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4257 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4258 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4259 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4260 llvm::APSInt Value; 4261 SourceLocation Loc; 4262 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4263 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4264 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4265 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4266 } 4267 } 4268 4269 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4270 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4271 // implement fully. 4272 } else { 4273 bool Allowed = false; 4274 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4275 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4276 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4277 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4278 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4279 Allowed = true; 4280 } 4281 4282 if (!Allowed) { 4283 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4284 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4285 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4286 4287 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4288 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4289 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4290 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4291 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4292 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4293 } 4294 } 4295 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4296 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 4297 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4298 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4299 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4300 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4301 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4302 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4303 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4304 &DclT); 4305 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4306 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4307 return; 4308 } 4309 4310 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4311 } 4312 4313 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4314 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4315 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4316 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4317 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4318 } 4319 } 4320 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4321 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4322 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4323 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4324 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4325 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4326 Init->setType(DclT); 4327 } 4328 4329 Init = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init); 4330 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4331 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4332 4333 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4334 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 4335 !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4336 VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() && 4337 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4338 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) 4339 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4340 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4341 4342 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary. 4343 QualType InitType = VDecl->getType(); 4344 while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType)) 4345 InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array); 4346 if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4347 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record); 4348 } 4349 4350 return; 4351} 4352 4353/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4354/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4355/// of sanity. 4356void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4357 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4358 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4359 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4360 4361 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4362 if (!VD) return; 4363 4364 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4365 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4366 4367 // Require a complete type. 4368 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4369 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4370 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4371 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4372 return; 4373 } 4374 4375 // Require an abstract type. 4376 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4377 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4378 AbstractVariableType)) { 4379 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4380 return; 4381 } 4382 4383 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4384 // though. 4385} 4386 4387void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4388 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4389 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4390 if (RealDecl == 0) 4391 return; 4392 4393 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4394 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4395 4396 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4397 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4398 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4399 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4400 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4401 return; 4402 } 4403 4404 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4405 case VarDecl::Definition: 4406 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4407 break; 4408 4409 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4410 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4411 // a declaration. 4412 // 4413 // Fall through 4414 4415 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4416 // It's only a declaration. 4417 4418 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4419 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4420 // object shall be complete. 4421 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isBlockVarDecl() && 4422 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4423 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4424 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4425 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4426 4427 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4428 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4429 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4430 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4431 AbstractVariableType)) 4432 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4433 return; 4434 4435 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4436 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4437 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4438 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4439 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4440 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4441 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4442 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4443 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4444 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4445 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4446 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4447 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4448 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4449 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4450 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4451 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4452 // NOTE: code such as the following 4453 // static struct s; 4454 // struct s { int a; }; 4455 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4456 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4457 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4458 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4459 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4460 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4461 } 4462 } 4463 4464 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4465 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4466 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4467 return; 4468 } 4469 4470 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4471 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4472 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4473 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4474 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4475 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4476 return; 4477 } 4478 4479 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4480 // definitions with reference type. 4481 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4482 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4483 << Var->getDeclName() 4484 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4485 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4486 return; 4487 } 4488 4489 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4490 // variable with dependent type. 4491 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4492 return; 4493 4494 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4495 return; 4496 4497 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4498 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4499 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4500 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4501 return; 4502 } 4503 4504 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4505 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4506 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4507 AbstractVariableType)) { 4508 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4509 return; 4510 } 4511 4512 const RecordType *Record 4513 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4514 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4515 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4516 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4517 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4518 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4519 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4520 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4521 // type shall have a user-declared default 4522 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4523 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4524 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4525 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4526 // program is ill-formed. 4527 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4528 } else { 4529 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4530 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4531 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4532 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4533 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4534 4535 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4536 InitializationKind Kind 4537 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4538 4539 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4540 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4541 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4542 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4543 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4544 else if (Init.get()) { 4545 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init.takeAs<Expr>())); 4546 4547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4548 Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() && 4549 !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4550 !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4551 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor); 4552 } 4553 } 4554 4555 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record) 4556 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 4557 } 4558} 4559 4560Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4561Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4562 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4563 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4564 4565 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4566 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4567 4568 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4569 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4570 Decls.push_back(D); 4571 4572 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4573 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4574} 4575 4576 4577/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4578/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4579Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4580 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4581 4582 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4583 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4584 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4585 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4586 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4587 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4588 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4589 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4590 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4591 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4592 } 4593 4594 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4595 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4596 4597 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4598 4599 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4600 // parameter (C++ only). 4601 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4602 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4603 4604 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4605 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4606 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4607 4608 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4609 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4610 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4611 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4612 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4613 } 4614 4615 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 4616 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 4617 if (II) { 4618 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 4619 ForRedeclaration); 4620 LookupName(R, S); 4621 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 4622 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4623 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 4624 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4625 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 4626 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4627 PrevDecl = 0; 4628 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4629 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 4630 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4631 4632 // Recover by removing the name 4633 II = 0; 4634 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4635 D.setInvalidType(true); 4636 } 4637 } 4638 } 4639 4640 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 4641 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 4642 // looking like class members in C++. 4643 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4644 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 4645 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4646 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 4647 4648 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4649 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4650 4651 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4652 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4653 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 4654 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4655 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4656 } 4657 4658 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 4659 S->AddDecl(New); 4660 if (II) 4661 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 4662 4663 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 4664 4665 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4666 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4667 } 4668 return New; 4669} 4670 4671/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 4672/// typedef. 4673ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 4674 SourceLocation Loc, 4675 QualType T) { 4676 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 4677 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 4678 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 4679 Param->setImplicit(); 4680 return Param; 4681} 4682 4683void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 4684 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 4685 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_unused_parameter) == 4686 Diagnostic::Ignored) 4687 return; 4688 4689 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 4690 // will already have done so in the template itself. 4691 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 4692 return; 4693 4694 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 4695 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 4696 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 4697 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 4698 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 4699 } 4700 } 4701} 4702 4703ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 4704 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 4705 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4706 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4707 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 4708 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 4709 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 4710 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 4711 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 4712 0); 4713 4714 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 4715 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4716 // the class has been completely parsed. 4717 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 4718 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4719 AbstractParamType)) 4720 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4721 4722 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 4723 // passed by reference. 4724 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4725 Diag(NameLoc, 4726 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 4727 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4728 } 4729 4730 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 4731 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 4732 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 4733 // an address space. 4734 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4735 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 4736 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4737 } 4738 4739 return New; 4740} 4741 4742void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4743 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 4744 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 4745 "Not a function declarator!"); 4746 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 4747 4748 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 4749 // for a K&R function. 4750 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 4751 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 4752 --i; 4753 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 4754 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 4755 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 4756 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 4757 << ";\n"; 4758 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 4759 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 4760 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 4761 4762 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 4763 // type. 4764 DeclSpec DS; 4765 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 4766 unsigned DiagID; // unused 4767 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 4768 PrevSpec, DiagID); 4769 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 4770 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 4771 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 4772 } 4773 } 4774 } 4775} 4776 4777Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4778 Declarator &D) { 4779 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 4780 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 4781 "Not a function declarator!"); 4782 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 4783 4784 if (FTI.hasPrototype) { 4785 // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C. 4786 } 4787 4788 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 4789 4790 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 4791 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 4792 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 4793 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 4794} 4795 4796static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4797 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 4798 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 4799 return false; 4800 4801 // Or declarations that aren't global. 4802 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 4803 return false; 4804 4805 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 4806 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4807 return false; 4808 4809 // Don't warn about 'main'. 4810 if (FD->isMain()) 4811 return false; 4812 4813 // Don't warn about inline functions. 4814 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 4815 return false; 4816 4817 // Don't warn about function templates. 4818 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 4819 return false; 4820 4821 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 4822 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 4823 return false; 4824 4825 bool MissingPrototype = true; 4826 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4827 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 4828 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 4829 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 4830 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4831 continue; 4832 4833 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 4834 break; 4835 } 4836 4837 return MissingPrototype; 4838} 4839 4840Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 4841 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 4842 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 4843 4844 if (!D) 4845 return D; 4846 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 4847 4848 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 4849 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 4850 else 4851 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4852 4853 // Enter a new function scope 4854 PushFunctionScope(); 4855 4856 // See if this is a redefinition. 4857 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 4858 // was an extern inline function. 4859 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 4860 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 4861 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 4862 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 4863 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 4864 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 4865 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 4866 else 4867 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 4868 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4869 } 4870 4871 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 4872 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 4873 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 4874 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 4875 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4876 } 4877 } 4878 4879 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 4880 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 4881 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 4882 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 4883 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 4884 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 4885 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 4886 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4887 4888 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 4889 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 4890 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 4891 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 4892 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 4893 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 4894 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 4895 4896 if (FnBodyScope) 4897 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 4898 4899 // Check the validity of our function parameters 4900 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); 4901 4902 bool ShouldCheckShadow = 4903 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored; 4904 4905 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 4906 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 4907 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 4908 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 4909 4910 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 4911 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 4912 if (ShouldCheckShadow) 4913 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 4914 4915 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 4916 } 4917 } 4918 4919 // Checking attributes of current function definition 4920 // dllimport attribute. 4921 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 4922 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 4923 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 4924 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 4925 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 4926 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 4927 << "dllimport"; 4928 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4929 return FD; 4930 } 4931 4932 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 4933 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 4934 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 4935 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 4936 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 4937 // emitted. 4938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 4939 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 4940 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 4941 } 4942 } 4943 return FD; 4944} 4945 4946/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 4947/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 4948/// optimization. 4949/// 4950/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 4951/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 4952/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 4953/// use the named return value optimization. 4954/// 4955/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 4956/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 4957/// the NRVO variable. 4958/// 4959/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 4960/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 4961/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 4962static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 4963 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 4964 4965 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 4966 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 4967 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 4968 return; 4969 4970 if (!NRVOCandidate) 4971 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 4972 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 4973 return; 4974 } 4975 4976 if (NRVOCandidate) 4977 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 4978} 4979 4980Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 4981 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 4982} 4983 4984Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 4985 bool IsInstantiation) { 4986 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 4987 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 4988 if (FunTmpl) 4989 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 4990 else 4991 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 4992 4993 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 4994 4995 if (FD) { 4996 FD->setBody(Body); 4997 if (FD->isMain()) { 4998 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 4999 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5000 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5001 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5002 } 5003 5004 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5005 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5006 5007 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5008 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5009 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5010 5011 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5012 } 5013 5014 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5015 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5016 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5017 MD->setBody(Body); 5018 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5019 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) 5020 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5021 } else { 5022 return 0; 5023 } 5024 5025 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5026 5027 // Check goto/label use. 5028 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5029 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5030 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5031 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5032 5033 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5034 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5035 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5036 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5037 if (!L->isUsed()) 5038 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5039 continue; 5040 } 5041 5042 // Emit error. 5043 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5044 5045 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5046 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5047 // formed. 5048 if (Body == 0) { 5049 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5050 continue; 5051 } 5052 5053 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5054 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5055 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5056 // label in it. 5057 5058 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5059 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5060 5061 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5062 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5063 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5064 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5065 Compound->body_end()); 5066 Elements.push_back(L); 5067 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5068 } 5069 5070 if (Body) { 5071 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5072 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5073 // Verify this. 5074 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5075 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5076 5077 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5078 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5079 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5080 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5081 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5082 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5083 5084 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5085 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5086 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5087 5088 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5089 Destructor->getParent()); 5090 } 5091 5092 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5093 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5094 // deletion in some later function. 5095 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5096 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5097 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5098 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5099 // enabled. 5100 QualType ResultType; 5101 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5102 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5103 } else { 5104 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5105 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5106 } 5107 } 5108 5109 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5110 } 5111 5112 if (!IsInstantiation) 5113 PopDeclContext(); 5114 5115 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5116 5117 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5118 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5119 // deletion in some later function. 5120 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5121 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5122 5123 return dcl; 5124} 5125 5126/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5127/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5128NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5129 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5130 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5131 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5132 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5133 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5134 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5135 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5136 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5137 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5138 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5139 return Pos->second; 5140 } 5141 5142 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5143 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5144 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5145 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5146 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5147 else 5148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5149 5150 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5151 const char *Dummy; 5152 DeclSpec DS; 5153 unsigned DiagID; 5154 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5155 Error = Error; // Silence warning. 5156 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5157 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5158 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5159 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5160 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5161 SourceLocation()); 5162 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5163 5164 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5165 5166 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5167 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5168 5169 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5170 FD->setImplicit(); 5171 5172 CurContext = PrevDC; 5173 5174 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5175 5176 return FD; 5177} 5178 5179/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5180/// the declaration of this function. 5181/// 5182/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5183/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5184/// like NSLog or printf. 5185void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5186 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5187 return; 5188 5189 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5190 // actual attributes. 5191 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5192 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5193 unsigned FormatIdx; 5194 bool HasVAListArg; 5195 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5196 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5197 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5198 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5199 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5200 } 5201 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5202 HasVAListArg)) { 5203 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5204 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5205 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5206 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5207 } 5208 5209 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5210 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5211 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5212 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5213 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5214 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5215 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5216 } 5217 5218 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID)) 5219 FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType())); 5220 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5221 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5222 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5223 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5224 } 5225 5226 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5227 if (!Name) 5228 return; 5229 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5230 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5231 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5232 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5233 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5234 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5235 // about. 5236 } else 5237 return; 5238 5239 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5240 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5241 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5242 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5243 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5244 } else 5245 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5246 "printf", 1, 5247 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5248 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5249 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5250 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5251 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5252 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5253 "printf", 2, 5254 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5255 } 5256} 5257 5258TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5259 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5260 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5261 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5262 5263 if (!TInfo) { 5264 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5265 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5266 } 5267 5268 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5269 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5270 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5271 D.getIdentifier(), 5272 TInfo); 5273 5274 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5275 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5276 5277 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5278 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5279 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5280 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5281 } 5282 5283 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5284 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5285 return NewTD; 5286} 5287 5288 5289/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5290/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5291/// 5292/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5293bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5294 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5295 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5296 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5297 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5298 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5299 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5300 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5301 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5302 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5303 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5304 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5305 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5306 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5307 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5308 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5309 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5310 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5311 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5312 return true; 5313 5314 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5315 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5316 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5317 bool isTemplate = false; 5318 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5319 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5320 5321 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5322 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5323 << isTemplate << &Name 5324 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5325 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5326 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5327 return true; 5328 } 5329 return false; 5330} 5331 5332/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5333/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5334/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5335/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5336Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5337 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5338 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5339 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5340 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5341 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent) { 5342 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5343 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5344 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5345 5346 OwnedDecl = false; 5347 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5348 5349 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5350 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5351 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5352 bool Invalid = false; 5353 if (TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5354 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5355 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5356 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5357 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5358 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5359 isExplicitSpecialization, 5360 Invalid)) { 5361 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5362 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5363 5364 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5365 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5366 // be a member of another template). 5367 if (Invalid) 5368 return 0; 5369 5370 OwnedDecl = false; 5371 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5372 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5373 TemplateParams, 5374 AS); 5375 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5376 return Result.get(); 5377 } else { 5378 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5379 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5380 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5381 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5382 } 5383 } 5384 } 5385 5386 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5387 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5388 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5389 5390 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5391 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5392 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5393 5394 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5395 5396 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5397 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5398 5399 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5400 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5401 Name = 0; 5402 goto CreateNewDecl; 5403 } 5404 5405 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5406 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5407 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5408 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5409 if (!DC) { 5410 IsDependent = true; 5411 return 0; 5412 } 5413 } else { 5414 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5415 if (!DC) { 5416 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5417 << SS.getRange(); 5418 return 0; 5419 } 5420 } 5421 5422 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5423 return 0; 5424 5425 SearchDC = DC; 5426 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5427 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5428 5429 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5430 return 0; 5431 5432 if (Previous.empty()) { 5433 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5434 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5435 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5436 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5437 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5438 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation()) { 5439 IsDependent = true; 5440 return 0; 5441 } 5442 5443 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5444 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5445 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5446 Name = 0; 5447 Invalid = true; 5448 goto CreateNewDecl; 5449 } 5450 } else if (Name) { 5451 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5452 // declaration or definition. 5453 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5454 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5455 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5456 LookupName(Previous, S); 5457 5458 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5459 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5460 return 0; 5461 5462 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5463 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5464 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5465 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5466 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5467 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5468 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5469 } 5470 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5471 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5472 // initial context to the translation unit. 5473 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5474 } 5475 5476 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5477 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5478 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5479 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5480 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5481 Previous.clear(); 5482 } 5483 5484 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5485 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5486 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5487 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5488 5489 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5490 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5491 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5492 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5493 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5494 } 5495 } 5496 5497 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5498 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5499 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5500 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5501 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5502 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5503 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5504 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5505 5506 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5507 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5508 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5509 // 5510 // class-key identifier 5511 // 5512 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5513 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5514 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5515 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5516 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5517 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5518 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5519 // declaration. 5520 // 5521 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5522 // C structs and unions. 5523 // 5524 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5525 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5526 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5527 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5528 // 5529 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5530 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5531 // 5532 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5533 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5534 // lexical context, 5535 while (SearchDC->isRecord()) 5536 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5537 5538 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5539 while (S->isClassScope() || 5540 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5541 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 5542 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 5543 (S->getEntity() && 5544 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 5545 S = S->getParent(); 5546 } else { 5547 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 5548 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 5549 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 5550 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 5551 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 5552 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5553 } 5554 5555 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 5556 // diagnose some problems. 5557 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5558 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 5559 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 5560 } 5561 } 5562 5563 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5564 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5565 5566 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 5567 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 5568 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 5569 // in C++. 5570 // 5571 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 5572 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 5573 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 5574 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 5575 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5576 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5577 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 5578 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 5579 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 5580 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 5581 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 5582 PrevDecl = Tag; 5583 Previous.clear(); 5584 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 5585 Previous.resolveKind(); 5586 } 5587 } 5588 } 5589 } 5590 5591 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5592 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 5593 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 5594 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 5595 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 5596 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5597 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 5598 // struct or something similar. 5599 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 5600 bool SafeToContinue 5601 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 5602 Kind != TTK_Enum); 5603 if (SafeToContinue) 5604 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 5605 << Name 5606 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 5607 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 5608 else 5609 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 5610 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5611 5612 if (SafeToContinue) 5613 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 5614 else { 5615 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 5616 Name = 0; 5617 Previous.clear(); 5618 Invalid = true; 5619 } 5620 } 5621 5622 if (!Invalid) { 5623 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 5624 5625 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 5626 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 5627 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 5628 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 5629 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 5630 TUK == TUK_Friend) 5631 return PrevTagDecl; 5632 5633 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 5634 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 5635 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 5636 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 5637 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 5638 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 5639 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 5640 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 5641 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 5642 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 5643 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 5644 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5645 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 5646 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 5647 // references get the previous definition. 5648 Name = 0; 5649 Previous.clear(); 5650 Invalid = true; 5651 } 5652 } else { 5653 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 5654 // about a nested redefinition. 5655 TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 5656 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 5657 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 5658 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 5659 diag::note_previous_definition); 5660 Name = 0; 5661 Previous.clear(); 5662 Invalid = true; 5663 } 5664 } 5665 5666 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 5667 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 5668 } 5669 } 5670 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 5671 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 5672 5673 } else { 5674 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 5675 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 5676 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 5677 // have distinct types. 5678 Previous.clear(); 5679 } 5680 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 5681 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 5682 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 5683 5684 5685 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 5686 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 5687 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 5688 } else { 5689 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 5690 5691 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 5692 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 5693 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 5694 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 5695 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 5696 unsigned Kind = 0; 5697 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 5698 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 5699 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 5700 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 5701 Invalid = true; 5702 5703 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 5704 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5705 // do nothing 5706 5707 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 5708 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 5709 unsigned Kind = 0; 5710 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 5711 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 5712 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 5713 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 5714 Invalid = true; 5715 5716 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 5717 // case here. 5718 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5719 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 5720 << Name 5721 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 5722 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 5723 Invalid = true; 5724 5725 // Otherwise, diagnose. 5726 } else { 5727 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 5728 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 5729 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 5730 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5731 Name = 0; 5732 Invalid = true; 5733 } 5734 5735 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 5736 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 5737 Previous.clear(); 5738 } 5739 } 5740 5741CreateNewDecl: 5742 5743 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 5744 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 5745 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5746 5747 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 5748 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 5749 // keyword. 5750 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 5751 5752 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 5753 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 5754 // PrevDecl. 5755 TagDecl *New; 5756 5757 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5758 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 5759 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 5760 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5761 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5762 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 5763 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 5764 TagDecl *Def; 5765 if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 5766 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 5767 << New; 5768 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5769 } else { 5770 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 5771 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5772 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 5773 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5774 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 5775 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 5776 } 5777 } 5778 } else { 5779 // struct/union/class 5780 5781 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 5782 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 5783 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5784 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 5785 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5786 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5787 5788 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 5789 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 5790 } else 5791 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5792 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5793 } 5794 5795 // Maybe add qualifier info. 5796 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5797 if (SS.isSet()) { 5798 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 5799 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 5800 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 5801 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 5802 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5803 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 5804 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 5805 } 5806 } 5807 else 5808 Invalid = true; 5809 } 5810 5811 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 5812 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 5813 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 5814 // 5815 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 5816 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 5817 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 5818 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 5819 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 5820 // parsing of the struct). 5821 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 5822 } 5823 5824 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 5825 // check the specialization. 5826 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 5827 Invalid = true; 5828 5829 if (Invalid) 5830 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5831 5832 if (Attr) 5833 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 5834 5835 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 5836 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 5837 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5838 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 5839 5840 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 5841 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5842 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5843 5844 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 5845 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 5846 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 5847 5848 // Set the access specifier. 5849 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 5850 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 5851 5852 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 5853 New->startDefinition(); 5854 5855 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5856 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 5857 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 5858 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 5859 if (PrevDecl) 5860 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 5861 5862 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5863 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 5864 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 5865 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 5866 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 5867 } else if (Name) { 5868 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 5869 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5870 } else { 5871 CurContext->addDecl(New); 5872 } 5873 5874 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5875 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 5876 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 5877 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5878 II->isStr("FILE")) 5879 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 5880 5881 OwnedDecl = true; 5882 return New; 5883} 5884 5885void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 5886 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5887 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5888 5889 // Enter the tag context. 5890 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 5891} 5892 5893void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 5894 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 5895 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5896 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 5897 5898 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 5899 5900 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 5901 return; 5902 5903 // C++ [class]p2: 5904 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 5905 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 5906 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 5907 // as if it were a public member name. 5908 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 5909 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 5910 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 5911 Record->getIdentifier(), 5912 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 5913 Record); 5914 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 5915 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 5916 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 5917 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 5918 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 5919 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 5920 "Broken injected-class-name"); 5921} 5922 5923void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 5924 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 5925 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5926 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5927 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 5928 5929 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 5930 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 5931 5932 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 5933 PopDeclContext(); 5934 5935 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 5936 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 5937} 5938 5939void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 5940 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5941 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5942 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 5943 5944 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 5945 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 5946 // the FieldCollector. 5947 5948 PopDeclContext(); 5949} 5950 5951// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 5952bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 5953 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 5954 bool *ZeroWidth) { 5955 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 5956 if (ZeroWidth) 5957 *ZeroWidth = true; 5958 5959 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 5960 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 5961 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5962 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 5963 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 5964 return true; 5965 if (FieldName) 5966 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 5967 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 5968 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 5969 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 5970 } 5971 5972 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 5973 // it now. 5974 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 5975 return false; 5976 5977 llvm::APSInt Value; 5978 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 5979 return true; 5980 5981 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 5982 *ZeroWidth = false; 5983 5984 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 5985 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 5986 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 5987 5988 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 5989 if (FieldName) 5990 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 5991 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 5992 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 5993 << Value.toString(10); 5994 } 5995 5996 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 5997 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 5998 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 5999 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6000 if (FieldName) 6001 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6002 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6003 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6004 6005 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6006 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6007 } 6008 6009 if (FieldName) 6010 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6011 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6012 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6013 else 6014 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6015 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6016 } 6017 } 6018 6019 return false; 6020} 6021 6022/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6023/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6024Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6025 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6026 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6027 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6028 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6029 AS_public); 6030 return Res; 6031} 6032 6033/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6034/// 6035FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6036 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6037 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6038 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6039 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6040 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6041 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6042 6043 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6044 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6045 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6046 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6047 6048 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6049 6050 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6051 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6052 6053 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6054 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6055 LookupName(Previous, S); 6056 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6057 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6058 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6059 6060 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6061 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6062 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6063 6064 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6065 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6066 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6067 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6068 PrevDecl = 0; 6069 } 6070 6071 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6072 PrevDecl = 0; 6073 6074 bool Mutable 6075 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6076 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6077 FieldDecl *NewFD 6078 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6079 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6080 6081 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6082 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6083 6084 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6085 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6086 // with the same name in the same scope. 6087 } else if (II) { 6088 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6089 } else 6090 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6091 6092 return NewFD; 6093} 6094 6095/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6096/// 6097/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6098/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6099/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6100/// created. 6101/// 6102/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6103/// 6104/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6105FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6106 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6107 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6108 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6109 SourceLocation TSSL, 6110 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6111 Declarator *D) { 6112 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6113 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6114 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6115 6116 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6117 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6118 if (T.isNull()) { 6119 InvalidDecl = true; 6120 T = Context.IntTy; 6121 } 6122 6123 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6124 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6125 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6126 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6127 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6128 InvalidDecl = true; 6129 } 6130 6131 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6132 // than a variably modified type. 6133 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6134 bool SizeIsNegative; 6135 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6136 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6137 SizeIsNegative, 6138 Oversized); 6139 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6140 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6141 T = FixedTy; 6142 } else { 6143 if (SizeIsNegative) 6144 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6145 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6146 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6147 << Oversized.toString(10); 6148 else 6149 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6150 InvalidDecl = true; 6151 } 6152 } 6153 6154 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6155 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6156 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6157 AbstractFieldType)) 6158 InvalidDecl = true; 6159 6160 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6161 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6162 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6163 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6164 InvalidDecl = true; 6165 BitWidth = 0; 6166 ZeroWidth = false; 6167 } 6168 6169 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6170 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6171 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6172 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6173 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6174 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6175 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6176 6177 if (DiagID) { 6178 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6179 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6180 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6181 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6182 Mutable = false; 6183 InvalidDecl = true; 6184 } 6185 } 6186 6187 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6188 BitWidth, Mutable); 6189 if (InvalidDecl) 6190 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6191 6192 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6193 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6194 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6195 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6196 } 6197 6198 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6199 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6200 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6201 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6202 // C++ 9.5p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6203 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6204 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6205 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6206 // objects. 6207 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6208 if (Record->isUnion() && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6209 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6210 } 6211 } 6212 } 6213 6214 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6215 // representation, not a parser representation. 6216 if (D) 6217 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6218 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6219 6220 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6221 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6222 6223 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6224 return NewFD; 6225} 6226 6227bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6228 assert(FD); 6229 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6230 6231 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6232 return true; 6233 6234 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6235 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6236 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6237 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6238 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6239 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6240 // copy constructors. 6241 6242 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6243 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6244 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6245 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6246 member = CXXConstructor; 6247 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6248 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6249 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6250 member = CXXDestructor; 6251 6252 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6253 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6254 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6255 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6256 return true; 6257 } 6258 } 6259 } 6260 6261 return false; 6262} 6263 6264/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6265/// special member, figure out why. 6266void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6267 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6268 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6269 6270 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6271 switch (member) { 6272 case CXXInvalid: 6273 break; 6274 6275 case CXXConstructor: 6276 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6277 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6278 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6279 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6280 ci->hasBody(body); 6281 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6282 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6283 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6284 return; 6285 } 6286 } 6287 6288 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6289 return; 6290 } 6291 break; 6292 6293 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6294 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6295 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6296 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6297 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6298 return; 6299 } 6300 break; 6301 6302 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6303 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6304 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6305 // assignment, not the type. 6306 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6307 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6308 return; 6309 } 6310 break; 6311 6312 case CXXDestructor: 6313 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6314 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6315 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6316 return; 6317 } 6318 break; 6319 } 6320 6321 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6322 6323 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6324 // but not trivial destruction. 6325 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6326 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6327 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6328 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6329 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6330 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6331 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6332 return; 6333 } 6334 6335 // Check for virtual methods. 6336 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6337 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6338 ++mi) { 6339 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6340 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6341 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6342 return; 6343 } 6344 } 6345 } 6346 6347 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6348 switch (member) { 6349 case CXXConstructor: 6350 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6351 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6352 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6353 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6354 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6355 case CXXDestructor: 6356 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6357 default: 6358 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6359 } 6360 6361 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6362 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6363 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6364 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6365 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6366 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6367 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6368 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6369 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6370 return; 6371 } 6372 } 6373 6374 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6375 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6376 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6377 ++fi) { 6378 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6379 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6380 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6381 6382 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6383 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6384 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6385 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6386 return; 6387 } 6388 } 6389 } 6390 6391 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6392} 6393 6394/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6395/// AST enum value. 6396static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6397TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6398 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6399 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6400 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6401 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6402 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6403 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6404 } 6405} 6406 6407/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6408/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6409Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6410 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6411 Decl *IntfDecl, 6412 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6413 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6414 6415 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6416 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6417 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6418 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6419 6420 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6421 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6422 6423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6424 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6425 6426 if (BitWidth) { 6427 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6428 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6429 D.setInvalidType(); 6430 BitWidth = 0; 6431 } 6432 } else { 6433 // Not a bitfield. 6434 6435 // validate II. 6436 6437 } 6438 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6439 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6440 D.setInvalidType(); 6441 } 6442 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6443 // than a variably modified type. 6444 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6445 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6446 D.setInvalidType(); 6447 } 6448 6449 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6450 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6451 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6452 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6453 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6454 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6455 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6456 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6457 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6458 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 6459 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 6460 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 6461 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 6462 } 6463 else 6464 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6465 } else { 6466 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6467 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6468 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 6469 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 6470 return 0; 6471 } 6472 } 6473 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6474 } 6475 6476 // Construct the decl. 6477 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 6478 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 6479 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 6480 6481 if (II) { 6482 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 6483 ForRedeclaration); 6484 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 6485 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6487 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6488 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6489 } 6490 } 6491 6492 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 6493 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 6494 6495 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6496 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6497 6498 if (II) { 6499 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 6500 // these to the interface. 6501 S->AddDecl(NewID); 6502 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 6503 } 6504 6505 return NewID; 6506} 6507 6508/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 6509/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 6510/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 6511/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 6512void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6513 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 6514 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 6515 return; 6516 6517 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 6518 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 6519 6520 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 6521 return; 6522 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 6523 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 6524 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 6525 return; 6526 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6527 if (!ID) { 6528 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6529 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 6530 return; 6531 } 6532 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 6533 else 6534 return; 6535 } 6536 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 6537 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 6538 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 6539 6540 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 6541 DeclLoc, 0, 6542 Context.CharTy, 6543 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 6544 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 6545 true); 6546 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 6547} 6548 6549void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 6550 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6551 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 6552 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 6553 AttributeList *Attr) { 6554 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 6555 6556 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 6557 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 6558 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6559 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 6560 return; 6561 } 6562 6563 6564 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 6565 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 6566 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 6567 6568 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6569 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 6570 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 6571 6572 // Get the type for the field. 6573 Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 6574 6575 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 6576 // Remember all fields written by the user. 6577 RecFields.push_back(FD); 6578 } 6579 6580 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 6581 // diagnostics about it. 6582 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6583 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6584 continue; 6585 } 6586 6587 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 6588 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 6589 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 6590 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 6591 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 6592 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 6593 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 6594 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 6595 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 6596 // array. 6597 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 6598 // Field declared as a function. 6599 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 6600 << FD->getDeclName(); 6601 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6602 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6603 continue; 6604 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 6605 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 6606 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 6607 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 6608 // Flexible array member. 6609 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 6610 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 6611 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 6612 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 6613 if (Record->isUnion()) 6614 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 6615 << FD->getDeclName(); 6616 else if (NumFields == 1) 6617 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 6618 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 6619 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 6620 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 6621 << FD->getDeclName(); 6622 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6623 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6624 continue; 6625 } 6626 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 6627 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 6628 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 6629 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 6630 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6631 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6632 continue; 6633 } 6634 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 6635 if (Record) 6636 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6637 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 6638 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 6639 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6640 // Incomplete type 6641 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6642 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6643 continue; 6644 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6645 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 6646 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 6647 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 6648 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6649 } else { 6650 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 6651 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 6652 // structures. 6653 if (i != NumFields-1) 6654 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 6655 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 6656 else { 6657 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 6658 // other structs as an extension. 6659 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 6660 << FD->getDeclName(); 6661 if (Record) 6662 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6663 } 6664 } 6665 } 6666 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 6667 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6668 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 6669 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 6670 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 6671 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6672 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6673 continue; 6674 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 6675 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 6676 Record && 6677 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 6678 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 6679 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6680 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 6681 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6682 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 6683 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 6684 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6685 } 6686 // Keep track of the number of named members. 6687 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 6688 ++NumNamedMembers; 6689 } 6690 6691 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 6692 if (Record) { 6693 bool Completed = false; 6694 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 6695 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 6696 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 6697 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 6698 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 6699 I != E; ++I) 6700 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 6701 6702 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 6703 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 6704 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 6705 6706 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 6707 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 6708 // problem now. 6709 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 6710 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 6711 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 6712 6713 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 6714 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 6715 M != MEnd; ++M) { 6716 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 6717 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 6718 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 6719 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 6720 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 6721 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 6722 continue; 6723 6724 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 6725 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 6726 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 6727 // program is ill-formed. 6728 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 6729 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 6730 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 6731 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6732 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 6733 OM = SO->second.begin(), 6734 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 6735 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 6736 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 6737 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 6738 6739 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6740 } 6741 } 6742 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 6743 Completed = true; 6744 } 6745 } 6746 } 6747 } 6748 6749 if (!Completed) 6750 Record->completeDefinition(); 6751 } else { 6752 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 6753 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 6754 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6755 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 6756 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 6757 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 6758 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 6759 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 6760 } 6761 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 6762 // duplicates. 6763 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 6764 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 6765 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6766 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6767 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 6768 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 6769 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 6770 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 6771 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 6772 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 6773 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6774 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6775 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 6776 // reported as errors elsewhere. 6777 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 6778 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 6779 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 6780 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 6781 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 6782 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 6783 } 6784 } 6785 } 6786 6787 if (Attr) 6788 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 6789 6790 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 6791 // set the visibility of this record. 6792 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6793 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 6794} 6795 6796/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 6797/// the given type T. 6798static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 6799 llvm::APSInt &Value, 6800 QualType T) { 6801 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 6802 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 6803 6804 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) 6805 return Value.getActiveBits() < BitWidth; 6806 6807 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 6808} 6809 6810// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 6811// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 6812static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 6813 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 6814 // enum checking below. 6815 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 6816 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 6817 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 6818 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 6819 }; 6820 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 6821 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 6822 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 6823 }; 6824 6825 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 6826 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 6827 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 6828 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 6829 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 6830 return Types[I]; 6831 6832 return QualType(); 6833} 6834 6835EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 6836 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 6837 SourceLocation IdLoc, 6838 IdentifierInfo *Id, 6839 Expr *Val) { 6840 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 6841 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 6842 QualType EltTy; 6843 if (Val) { 6844 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 6845 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 6846 else { 6847 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 6848 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 6849 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 6850 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 6851 Val = 0; 6852 } else { 6853 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6854 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 6855 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 6856 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 6857 // representable as an int. 6858 6859 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 6860 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 6861 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 6862 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 6863 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 6864 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6865 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 6866 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 6867 } 6868 } 6869 6870 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6871 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6872 // is the type of its initializing value: 6873 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 6874 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 6875 EltTy = Val->getType(); 6876 } 6877 } 6878 } 6879 6880 if (!Val) { 6881 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 6882 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 6883 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 6884 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6885 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6886 // is the type of its initializing value: 6887 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 6888 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 6889 // 6890 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 6891 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 6892 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 6893 } else { 6894 // Assign the last value + 1. 6895 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6896 ++EnumVal; 6897 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 6898 6899 // Check for overflow on increment. 6900 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 6901 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6902 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6903 // is the type of its initializing value: 6904 // 6905 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 6906 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 6907 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 6908 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 6909 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 6910 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 6911 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 6912 if (T.isNull()) { 6913 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 6914 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 6915 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6916 EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 6917 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 6918 << EnumVal.toString(10); 6919 } else { 6920 EltTy = T; 6921 } 6922 6923 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 6924 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 6925 // value, then increment. 6926 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6927 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 6928 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 6929 ++EnumVal; 6930 6931 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 6932 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 6933 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 6934 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 6935 // integral type. 6936 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 6937 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 6938 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6939 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 6940 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 6941 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 6942 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 6943 } 6944 } 6945 } 6946 6947 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 6948 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 6949 // enumerator's type. 6950 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 6951 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 6952 } 6953 6954 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 6955 Val, EnumVal); 6956} 6957 6958 6959Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, 6960 Decl *lastEnumConst, 6961 SourceLocation IdLoc, 6962 IdentifierInfo *Id, 6963 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 6964 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 6965 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 6966 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 6967 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 6968 6969 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 6970 // we find one that is. 6971 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6972 6973 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 6974 // scope. 6975 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 6976 ForRedeclaration); 6977 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6978 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6979 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 6980 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6981 PrevDecl = 0; 6982 } 6983 6984 if (PrevDecl) { 6985 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 6986 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 6987 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 6988 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 6989 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 6990 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 6991 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 6992 else 6993 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 6994 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6995 return 0; 6996 } 6997 } 6998 6999 EnumConstantDecl *New = CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, 7000 IdLoc, Id, Val); 7001 7002 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7003 if (New) { 7004 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7005 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7006 } 7007 7008 return New; 7009} 7010 7011void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7012 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7013 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7014 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7015 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7016 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7017 7018 if (Attr) 7019 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7020 7021 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7022 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7023 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7024 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7025 if (!ECD) continue; 7026 7027 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7028 } 7029 7030 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7031 return; 7032 } 7033 7034 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7035 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7036 // emit a warning. 7037 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7038 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7039 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7040 7041 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7042 // reverse the list. 7043 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7044 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7045 7046 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7047 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7048 7049 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7050 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7051 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7052 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7053 7054 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7055 7056 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7057 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7058 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7059 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7060 else 7061 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7062 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7063 7064 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7065 if (AllElementsInt) 7066 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7067 } 7068 7069 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7070 // FIXME: Support -fshort-enums. 7071 QualType BestType; 7072 unsigned BestWidth; 7073 7074 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7075 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7076 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7077 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7078 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7079 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7080 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7081 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7082 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7083 QualType BestPromotionType; 7084 7085 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7086 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7087 // enum definitions. 7088 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7089 Packed = true; 7090 7091 if (NumNegativeBits) { 7092 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7093 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7094 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7095 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7096 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7097 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7098 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7099 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7100 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7101 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7102 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7103 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7104 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7105 } else { 7106 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7107 7108 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7109 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7110 } else { 7111 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7112 7113 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7114 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7115 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7116 } 7117 } 7118 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7119 } else { 7120 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7121 // all of the enumerator values. 7122 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7123 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7124 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7125 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7126 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7127 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7128 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7129 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7130 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7131 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7132 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7133 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7134 BestPromotionType 7135 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7136 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7137 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7138 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7139 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7140 BestPromotionType 7141 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7142 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7143 } else { 7144 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7145 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7146 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7147 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7148 BestPromotionType 7149 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7150 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7151 } 7152 } 7153 7154 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7155 // the type of the enum if needed. 7156 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7157 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7158 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7159 7160 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7161 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7162 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7163 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7164 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7165 7166 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7167 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7168 7169 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7170 // the enum decl type. 7171 QualType NewTy; 7172 unsigned NewWidth; 7173 bool NewSign; 7174 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7175 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7176 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7177 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7178 NewSign = true; 7179 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7180 // Already the right type! 7181 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7182 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7183 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7184 // enumeration. 7185 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7186 continue; 7187 } else { 7188 NewTy = BestType; 7189 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7190 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7191 } 7192 7193 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7194 InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7195 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7196 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7197 7198 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7199 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 7200 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7201 CK_IntegralCast, 7202 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7203 /*base paths*/ 0, 7204 VK_RValue)); 7205 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7206 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7207 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7208 // enumeration. 7209 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7210 else 7211 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7212 } 7213 7214 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7215 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7216} 7217 7218Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7219 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7220 7221 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7222 Loc, AsmString); 7223 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7224 return New; 7225} 7226 7227void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7228 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7229 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7230 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7231 7232 if (PrevDecl) { 7233 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7234 } else { 7235 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7236 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7237 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7238 } 7239} 7240 7241void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7242 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7243 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7244 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7245 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7246 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7247 LookupOrdinaryName); 7248 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7249 7250 if (PrevDecl) { 7251 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7252 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7253 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7254 } else { 7255 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7256 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7257 } 7258} 7259